ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.126
Committed: Sat Jun 3 08:53:03 2023 UTC (11 months, 1 week ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: HEAD
Changes since 1.125: +37 -21 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.126 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.126 .TH LIBEV 3 "2023-05-15" "libev-4.33" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.111 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific aio and \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR
246     interfaces, the BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port
247     mechanisms for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR
248     interface (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249 root 1.80 inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296 root 1.115 Via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_FREQUENT\*(C'\fR macro you can compile in and/or enable extensive
297     consistency checking code inside libev that can be used to check for
298     internal inconsistencies, suually caused by application bugs.
299     .PP
300     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions. These do not
301     trigger under normal circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev
302     or worse.
303 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
304     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
305     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
306     library in any way.
307     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
308     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
309 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
310     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
311 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
312 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
313 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
314     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
315 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
316     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
317     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
318     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
319     .Sp
320     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
321     .Sp
322     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
323     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
324 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
325     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
326     .PD 0
327     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
328     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
329     .PD
330 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
331 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
332     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
333     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
334     version of the library your program was compiled against.
335     .Sp
336 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
337     release version.
338 root 1.47 .Sp
339 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
340 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
341 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
342     not a problem.
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
345 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
346     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
347 root 1.9 .Sp
348     .Vb 3
349 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
350     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
351     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
352 root 1.9 .Ve
353 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
354     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
355     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
356     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
357     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
358     a description of the set values.
359 root 1.9 .Sp
360     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
361     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
362     .Sp
363     .Vb 2
364 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
365     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
366 root 1.9 .Ve
367 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
368     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
369 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
370     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
371     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
372     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
373     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
374     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
375     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
376 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
377     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
378     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
379 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
380     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
381     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
382     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
383 root 1.10 .Sp
384     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
385 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
386     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
387 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
388 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
389     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
390     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
391     or take some potentially destructive action.
392     .Sp
393     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
394     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
395     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
396 root 1.1 .Sp
397     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
398     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
399     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
400 root 1.9 .Sp
401 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
402     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
403     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
404     .Sp
405     .Vb 5
406     \& static void *
407     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
408     \& {
409     \& if (size)
410     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
411     \&
412     \& free (ptr);
413     \& return 0;
414     \& }
415     .Ve
416     .Sp
417 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
418 root 1.110 retries.
419 root 1.9 .Sp
420 root 1.110 .Vb 8
421 root 1.9 \& static void *
422 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
423 root 1.9 \& {
424 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
425     \& {
426     \& free (ptr);
427     \& return 0;
428     \& }
429     \&
430 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
431     \& {
432     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
433 root 1.60 \&
434 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
435     \& return newptr;
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
438     \& }
439     \& }
440 root 1.60 \&
441 root 1.9 \& ...
442     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
443     .Ve
444 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
445     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
446 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
447 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
448     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
449 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
450 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
451     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
452     (such as abort).
453 root 1.9 .Sp
454 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
455 root 1.9 .Sp
456     .Vb 6
457     \& static void
458     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
459     \& {
460     \& perror (msg);
461     \& abort ();
462     \& }
463 root 1.60 \&
464 root 1.9 \& ...
465     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
466     .Ve
467 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
468     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
469     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
470     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
471     handlers or random threads.
472     .Sp
473     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
474     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
475     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
476     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
477     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
478     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
479 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
480     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
481     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
482     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
483     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
484 root 1.73 .PP
485     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
486 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
487     do not.
488 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
489     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
490 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
491     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
492     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
494     .Sp
495     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
496     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
497     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
498     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
499     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
500 root 1.1 .Sp
501     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
502 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
503 root 1.1 .Sp
504 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
505 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
506     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
507     threads anyway).
508     .Sp
509     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
510     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
511     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
512     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
513     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
514     .Sp
515     Example: This is the most typical usage.
516     .Sp
517     .Vb 2
518     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
519     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
520     .Ve
521     .Sp
522     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
523     environment settings to be taken into account:
524     .Sp
525     .Vb 1
526     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
527     .Ve
528     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
529     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
530     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
531     could not be initialised, returns false.
532 root 1.63 .Sp
533 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
534     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
535     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
536 root 1.60 .Sp
537 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
538 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
539 root 1.1 .Sp
540 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
541 root 1.1 .RS 4
542     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
543     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
544     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
545     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
546     thing, believe me).
547     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
548     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
549     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
550 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
551 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
552     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
553     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
554 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
555     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
556     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
557     thread modifies them).
558 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
559     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
560     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
561 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
562     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
563 root 1.35 .Sp
564     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
565     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
566 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
567 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
568     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
569     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
570     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
573 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
574     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
575 root 1.35 .Sp
576 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
577 root 1.35 environment variable.
578 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
579     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
580     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
581     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
582 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
583 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
584     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
585 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
586     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
587     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
588     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
589 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
590 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
591     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
592     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
593     threads that are not interested in handling them.
594     .Sp
595     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
596     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
597     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
598 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
599     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
600     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
601     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
602 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
603 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
604     .Sp
605     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
606     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
607     unblocking the signals.
608     .Sp
609 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
610     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
611 root 1.118 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOTIMERFD""" 4
612     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOTIMERFD\fR" 4
613     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOTIMERFD"
614     When this flag is specified, the libev will avoid using a \f(CW\*(C`timerfd\*(C'\fR to
615     detect time jumps. It will still be able to detect time jumps, but takes
616     longer and has a lower accuracy in doing so, but saves a file descriptor
617     per loop.
618 root 1.86 .Sp
619 root 1.118 The current implementation only tries to use a \f(CW\*(C`timerfd\*(C'\fR when the first
620     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher is started and falls back on other methods if it
621     cannot be created, but this behaviour might change in the future.
622 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
623     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
624 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
625 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
626 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
627     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
628 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
629 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
630 root 1.58 .Sp
631     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
632 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
633 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
634     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
635     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
636 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
637 root 1.71 .Sp
638     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
639     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
640     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
641 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
642     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
643 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
644 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
645 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
646     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
647     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
648     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
649     performance tips.
650 root 1.71 .Sp
651     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
652     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
653 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
654     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
655 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
656 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
657 root 1.81 kernels).
658     .Sp
659 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
660     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
661     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
662     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
663 root 1.73 .Sp
664     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
665     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
666     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
667 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
668     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
669     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
670     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
671     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
672     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
673     and is of course hard to detect.
674 root 1.73 .Sp
675 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
676     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
677     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
678     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
679     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
680     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
681     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
682     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
683     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
684     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
685 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
686     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
687 root 1.3 .Sp
688 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
689     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
690     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
691 root 1.84 .Sp
692 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
693 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
694     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
695     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
696     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
697     file descriptors.
698 root 1.58 .Sp
699     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
700 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
701     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
702     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
703 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
704     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
705     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
706 root 1.58 .Sp
707 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
708     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
709     the usage. So sad.
710     .Sp
711 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
712 root 1.111 a lot of kernel revisions, but probably(!) works in current versions.
713     .Sp
714     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
715     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
716     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO"" (value 64, Linux)" 4
717     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_LINUXAIO\fR (value 64, Linux)" 4
718     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO (value 64, Linux)"
719 root 1.114 Use the Linux-specific Linux \s-1AIO\s0 (\fInot\fR \f(CWaio(7)\fR but \f(CWio_submit(2)\fR) event interface available in post\-4.18 kernels (but libev
720     only tries to use it in 4.19+).
721     .Sp
722     This is another Linux train wreck of an event interface.
723 root 1.111 .Sp
724     If this backend works for you (as of this writing, it was very
725 root 1.114 experimental), it is the best event interface available on Linux and might
726 root 1.112 be well worth enabling it \- if it isn't available in your kernel this will
727     be detected and this backend will be skipped.
728     .Sp
729     This backend can batch oneshot requests and supports a user-space ring
730     buffer to receive events. It also doesn't suffer from most of the design
731 root 1.114 problems of epoll (such as not being able to remove event sources from
732     the epoll set), and generally sounds too good to be true. Because, this
733     being the Linux kernel, of course it suffers from a whole new set of
734     limitations, forcing you to fall back to epoll, inheriting all its design
735     issues.
736 root 1.111 .Sp
737     For one, it is not easily embeddable (but probably could be done using
738 root 1.112 an event fd at some extra overhead). It also is subject to a system wide
739 root 1.114 limit that can be configured in \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-max\-nr\fR. If no \s-1AIO\s0
740     requests are left, this backend will be skipped during initialisation, and
741     will switch to epoll when the loop is active.
742     .Sp
743     Most problematic in practice, however, is that not all file descriptors
744     work with it. For example, in Linux 5.1, \s-1TCP\s0 sockets, pipes, event fds,
745     files, \fI/dev/null\fR and many others are supported, but ttys do not work
746 root 1.113 properly (a known bug that the kernel developers don't care about, see
747     <https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/1047453/>), so this is not
748     (yet?) a generic event polling interface.
749 root 1.112 .Sp
750 root 1.114 Overall, it seems the Linux developers just don't want it to have a
751 root 1.113 generic event handling mechanism other than \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR.
752     .Sp
753 root 1.114 To work around all these problem, the current version of libev uses its
754     epoll backend as a fallback for file descriptor types that do not work. Or
755     falls back completely to epoll if the kernel acts up.
756 root 1.71 .Sp
757     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
758     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
759 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
760     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
761 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
762 root 1.114 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time this backend was
763     implemented, it was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't
764     work reliably with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin,
765     where of course it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose
766     brokenness is by design, these kqueue bugs can be (and mostly have been)
767     fixed without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not
768     being \*(L"auto-detected\*(R" on all platforms unless you explicitly specify it
769     in the flags (i.e. using \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a
770     known-to-be-good (\-enough) system like NetBSD.
771 root 1.3 .Sp
772 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
773     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
774     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
775     .Sp
776 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
777 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
778     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
779 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
780 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
781 root 1.114 might have to leak fds on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
782 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
783 root 1.58 .Sp
784     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
785     .Sp
786     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
787     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
788     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
789     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
790 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
791 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
792 root 1.71 .Sp
793     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
794     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
795     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
796 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
797     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
798     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
799 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
800     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
801     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
802     immensely.
803 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
804     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
805 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
806 root 1.126 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on
807     Solaris, it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
808 root 1.7 .Sp
809 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
810     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
811     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
812     might perform better.
813 root 1.60 .Sp
814 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
815     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
816     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
817     hacks).
818     .Sp
819     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
820     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
821 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
822 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
823 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
824     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
825     to re-arm the watcher.
826 root 1.85 .Sp
827     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
828 root 1.71 .Sp
829     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
830     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
831 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
832     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
833     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
834 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
835     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
836 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
837 root 1.58 .Sp
838 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
839     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
840     at all.
841     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
842     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
843     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
844     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
845     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
846     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
847 root 1.1 .RE
848     .RS 4
849 root 1.3 .Sp
850 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
851     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
852     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
853     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
854 root 1.8 .Sp
855 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
856 root 1.8 .Sp
857 root 1.82 .Vb 3
858     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
859     \& if (!epoller)
860     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
861 root 1.8 .Ve
862     .Sp
863 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
864 root 1.82 used if available.
865 root 1.8 .Sp
866     .Vb 1
867 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
868 root 1.8 .Ve
869 root 1.111 .Sp
870     Example: Similarly, on linux, you mgiht want to take advantage of the
871     linux aio backend if possible, but fall back to something else if that
872     isn't available.
873     .Sp
874     .Vb 1
875     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO);
876     .Ve
877 root 1.1 .RE
878 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
879     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
880     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
881 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
882     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
883 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
884 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
885 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
886 root 1.12 for example).
887 root 1.52 .Sp
888 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
889     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
890     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
891 root 1.52 .Sp
892 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
893     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
894     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
895     .Sp
896     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
897 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
898 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
899     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
900     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
901     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
902 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
903     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
904     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
905     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
906     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
907     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
908 root 1.82 .Sp
909 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
910     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
911     .Sp
912 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
913 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
914     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
915     during fork.
916 root 1.60 .Sp
917     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
918 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
919     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
920     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
921     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
922     costly reset of the backend).
923 root 1.1 .Sp
924     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
925 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
926     .Sp
927     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
928     using pthreads.
929 root 1.1 .Sp
930 root 1.82 .Vb 5
931     \& static void
932     \& post_fork_child (void)
933     \& {
934     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
935     \& }
936     \&
937     \& ...
938     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
939 root 1.1 .Ve
940 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
941     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
942 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
943     otherwise.
944 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
945     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
946     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
947     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
948     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
949 root 1.37 .Sp
950     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
951     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
952 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
953     prepare and check phases.
954     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
955     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
956     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
957 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
958 root 1.79 .Sp
959 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
960     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
961 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
962     .Sp
963 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
964     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
965     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
966     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
967 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
968     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
969     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
970 root 1.1 use.
971     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
972     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
973     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
974 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
975     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
976     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
977 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
978 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
979     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
980     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
981     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
982 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
983 root 1.71 .Sp
984     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
985     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
986     the current time is a good idea.
987     .Sp
988     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
989 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
990     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
991     .PD 0
992     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
993     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
994     .PD
995 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
996     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
997 root 1.78 .Sp
998     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
999     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
1000     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
1001     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
1002     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
1003     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
1004     .Sp
1005     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
1006     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
1007     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
1008 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
1009 root 1.78 .Sp
1010     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
1011     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
1012     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
1013     .Sp
1014     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
1015     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
1016 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
1017     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
1018 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
1019 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
1020 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
1021 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
1022 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
1023 root 1.1 .Sp
1024 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
1025     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
1026     called.
1027 root 1.1 .Sp
1028 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
1029     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
1030     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
1031     .Sp
1032 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
1033 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
1034 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
1035     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
1036     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
1037     beauty.
1038 root 1.9 .Sp
1039 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
1040     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
1041 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
1042     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
1043     .Sp
1044 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
1045     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
1046     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
1047     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
1048     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
1049 root 1.1 .Sp
1050 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
1051 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
1052     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
1053 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
1054 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
1055     iteration of the loop.
1056     .Sp
1057     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
1058     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
1059 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
1060 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
1061     .Sp
1062 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
1063     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1064     future versions):
1065 root 1.8 .Sp
1066 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1067 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1068     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1069 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1070 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1071     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1072 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1073 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1074 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1075 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1076     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1077 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1078 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1079 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1080 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1081 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1082     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1083 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1084 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1085     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1086 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1087     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1088     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1089 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1090 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1091     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1092 root 1.124 \& Signals, async and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and
1093     \& will be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1094 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1095     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1096     \& continue with step LOOP.
1097     \& FINISH:
1098     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1099     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1100     \& \- Return.
1101 root 1.2 .Ve
1102 root 1.9 .Sp
1103 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1104 root 1.9 anymore.
1105     .Sp
1106     .Vb 4
1107     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1108     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1109 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1110 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1111 root 1.9 .Ve
1112 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1113     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1114     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1115 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1116 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1117     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1118 root 1.60 .Sp
1119 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1120 root 1.72 .Sp
1121 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1122     which case it will have no effect.
1123 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1124     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1125     .PD 0
1126     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1127     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1128     .PD
1129     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1130     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1131 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1132 root 1.71 .Sp
1133 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1134 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1135 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1136     before stopping it.
1137 root 1.71 .Sp
1138 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1139 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1140 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1141     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1142     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1143     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1144     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1145     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1146     in the callback).
1147 root 1.9 .Sp
1148 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1149 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1150     .Sp
1151     .Vb 4
1152 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1153 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1154     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1155 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1156 root 1.9 .Ve
1157     .Sp
1158 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1159 root 1.9 .Sp
1160     .Vb 2
1161 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1162     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1163 root 1.9 .Ve
1164 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1165     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1166 root 1.56 .PD 0
1167 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1168     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1169 root 1.56 .PD
1170     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1171 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1172     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1173     latency.
1174 root 1.56 .Sp
1175     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1176 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1177     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1178     opportunities).
1179     .Sp
1180     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1181     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1182     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1183 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1184     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1185     .Sp
1186     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1187     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1188     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1189 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1190 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1191     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1192 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1193     good enough).
1194 root 1.56 .Sp
1195     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1196     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1197 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1198     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1199     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1200 root 1.56 .Sp
1201 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1202 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1203     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1204     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1205 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1206     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1207     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1208     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1209 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1210 root 1.71 .Sp
1211     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1212     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1213     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1214     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1215     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1216     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1217 root 1.79 .Sp
1218     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1219     more often than 100 times per second:
1220     .Sp
1221     .Vb 2
1222     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1223     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1224     .Ve
1225     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1226     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1227     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1228 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1229     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1230     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1231     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1232     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1233     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1234 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1235     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1236     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1237     are pending.
1238     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1239     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1240     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1241 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1242 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1243     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1244     .Sp
1245     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1246     callback.
1247 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1248     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1249 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1250     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1251     each call to a libev function.
1252     .Sp
1253 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1254     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1255 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1256 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1257 root 1.79 .Sp
1258     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1259     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1260     afterwards.
1261     .Sp
1262     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1263     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1264     .Sp
1265     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1266     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1267     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1268     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1269 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1270 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1271     .Sp
1272 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1273 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1274     .Sp
1275     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1276     document.
1277     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1278     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1279     .PD 0
1280 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1281     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1282 root 1.79 .PD
1283     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1284     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1285 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1286 root 1.79 .Sp
1287     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1288     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1289     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1290     any other purpose as well.
1291 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1292     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1293 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1294 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1295 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1296     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1297     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1298 root 1.67 .Sp
1299     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1300     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1301     data structures consistent.
1302 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1303     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1304 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1305     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1306     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1307     .PP
1308 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1309     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1310     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1311     for that:
1312 root 1.1 .PP
1313     .Vb 5
1314 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1315 root 1.68 \& {
1316     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1317 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1318 root 1.68 \& }
1319     \&
1320     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1321 root 1.73 \&
1322     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1323     \&
1324 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1325     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1326     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1327 root 1.73 \&
1328 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1329 root 1.1 .Ve
1330     .PP
1331     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1332 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1333     stack).
1334     .PP
1335     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1336     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1337 root 1.1 .PP
1338 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1339     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1340     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1341     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1342     and/or writable).
1343 root 1.1 .PP
1344 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1345     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1346     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1347 root 1.1 .PP
1348     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1349 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1350 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1351 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1352 root 1.1 .PP
1353     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1354 root 1.120 must not touch the values stored in it except when explicitly documented
1355     otherwise. Most specifically you must never reinitialise it or call its
1356     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1357 root 1.1 .PP
1358     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1359     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1360     third argument.
1361     .PP
1362     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1363     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1364     are:
1365     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1366     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1367     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1368     .PD 0
1369     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1370     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1371     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1372     .PD
1373     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1374     writable.
1375 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1376     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1377     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1378 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1379     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1380     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1381     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1382     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1383     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1384     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1385     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1386     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1387     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1388     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1389     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1390     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1391 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1392     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1393     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1394     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1395 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1396     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1397     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1398     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1399     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1400     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1401     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1402     .PD 0
1403     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1404     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1405     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1406     .PD
1407 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1408     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1409     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1410     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1411     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1412     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1413     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1414     .Sp
1415     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1416     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1417     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1418     blocking).
1419 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1420     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1421     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1422     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1423     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1424     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1425     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1426     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1427     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1428 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1429     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1430     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1431     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1432 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1433     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1434     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1435     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1436 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1437     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1438     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1439     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1440     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1441 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1442     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1443     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1444 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1445 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1446     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1447 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1448     .Sp
1449     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1450     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1451     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1452     bug in your program.
1453 root 1.1 .Sp
1454 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1455     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1456     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1457 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1458 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1459     thing, so beware.
1460 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1461 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1462 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1463     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1464     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1465     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1466     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1467     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1468     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1469     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1470     which rolls both calls into one.
1471     .Sp
1472     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1473     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1474     .Sp
1475 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1476 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1477 root 1.71 .Sp
1478     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1479     .Sp
1480     .Vb 3
1481     \& ev_io w;
1482     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1483     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1484     .Ve
1485 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1486     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1487     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1488 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1489     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1490     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1491     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1492     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1493     .Sp
1494     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1495     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1496 root 1.71 .Sp
1497     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1498 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1499     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1500     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1501 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1502     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1503 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1504 root 1.71 .Sp
1505     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1506     .Sp
1507     .Vb 1
1508     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1509     .Ve
1510 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1511     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1512     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1513 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1514     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1515 root 1.71 .Sp
1516     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1517     whole section.
1518     .Sp
1519     .Vb 1
1520     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1521     .Ve
1522 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1523     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1524     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1525 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1526     the watcher was active or not).
1527     .Sp
1528     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1529     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1530     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1531     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1532     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1533 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1534     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1535     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1536     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1537 root 1.122 it unless documented otherwise.
1538 root 1.126 .Sp
1539     Obviously, it is safe to call this on an active watcher, or actually any
1540     watcher that is initialised.
1541 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1542     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1543     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1544     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1545     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1546 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1547     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1548     it).
1549 root 1.126 .Sp
1550     It is safe to call this on any watcher in any state as long as it is
1551     initialised.
1552 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1553     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1554 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1555 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1556     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1557 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1558     (modulo threads).
1559 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1560     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1561 root 1.37 .PD 0
1562     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1563     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1564     .PD
1565     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1566     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1567     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1568     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1569     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1570     .Sp
1571     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1572     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1573     .Sp
1574 root 1.126 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active
1575     or pending. Reading the priority with \f(CW\*(C`ev_priority\*(C'\fR is fine in any state.
1576 root 1.43 .Sp
1577 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1578     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1579     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1580     .Sp
1581 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1582     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1583     .Sp
1584 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1585 root 1.78 priorities.
1586 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1587     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1588     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1589     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1590 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1591     callback.
1592 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1593     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1594 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1595     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1596 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1597 root 1.71 .Sp
1598     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1599     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1600 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1601     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1602     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1603     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1604 root 1.126 initialised but not necessarily started event watcher, though it can be
1605     active). Obviously you must not free the watcher as long as it has pending
1606     events.
1607 root 1.81 .Sp
1608     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1609     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1610     not started in the first place.
1611     .Sp
1612     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1613     functions that do not need a watcher.
1614 root 1.1 .PP
1615 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1616     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1617     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1618 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1619     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1620     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1621     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1622     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1623 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1624     .IX Item "initialised"
1625 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1626 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1627     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1628     .Sp
1629 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1630     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1631     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1632     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1633 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1634     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1635     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1636     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1637 root 1.126 this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways, such as
1638     stoping it), moved, freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to
1639     keep a pointer to it, and call libev functions on it that are documented
1640     to work on active watchers.
1641     .Sp
1642     As a rule of thumb, before accessing a member or calling any function on
1643     a watcher, it should be stopped (or freshly initialised). If that is not
1644     convenient, you can check the documentation for that function or member to
1645     see if it is safe to use on an active watcher.
1646 root 1.82 .IP "pending" 4
1647     .IX Item "pending"
1648     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1649 root 1.126 in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It
1650     will stay in this pending state until either it is explicitly stopped or
1651     its callback is about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside
1652     the watcher callback.
1653     .Sp
1654     Generally, the watcher might or might not be active while it is pending
1655     (for example, an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer
1656     active). If it is pending but not active, it can be freely accessed (e.g.
1657     by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR), but it is still property of the event loop at
1658     this time, so cannot be moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the
1659     rules described in the previous item still apply.
1660 root 1.82 .Sp
1661 root 1.126 Explicitly stopping a watcher will also clear the pending state
1662     unconditionally, so it is safe to stop a watcher and then free it.
1663 root 1.82 .Sp
1664     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1665     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1666     active.
1667     .IP "stopped" 4
1668     .IX Item "stopped"
1669     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1670     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1671     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1672     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1673     freeing it is often a good idea.
1674     .Sp
1675     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1676 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1677     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1678     it again).
1679 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1680 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1681     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1682     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1683     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1684     .PP
1685 root 1.117 In libev, watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1686 root 1.78 description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1687     range.
1688     .PP
1689     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1690     by event loops:
1691     .PP
1692     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1693     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1694     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1695     .PP
1696     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1697     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1698     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1699     before polling for new events.
1700     .PP
1701     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1702     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1703     .PP
1704     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1705     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1706     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1707     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1708     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1709     priority ones.
1710     .PP
1711     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1712     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1713     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1714     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1715     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1716     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1717     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1718     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1719     always, what you want).
1720     .PP
1721     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1722     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1723     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1724     required.
1725     .PP
1726     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1727     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1728     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1729     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1730 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1731 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1732     workable.
1733     .PP
1734     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1735     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1736     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1737     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1738     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1739     .PP
1740     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1741     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1742     other events are pending:
1743     .PP
1744     .Vb 2
1745     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1746     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1747     \&
1748     \& static void
1749     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1750     \& {
1751     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1752     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1753     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1754     \&
1755 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1756 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1757     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1758     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1759     \& }
1760     \&
1761     \& static void
1762 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1763 root 1.78 \& {
1764     \& // actual processing
1765     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1766     \&
1767     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1768     \& // we have handled the event
1769     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1770     \& }
1771     \&
1772     \& // initialisation
1773     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1774     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1775     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1776     .Ve
1777     .PP
1778     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1779     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1780     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1781     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1782     important ones.
1783 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1784     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1785     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1786 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1787     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1788     .PP
1789 root 1.119 Most members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning
1790     that, while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect
1791     some sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while
1792     the watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1793 root 1.121 means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher is
1794     active, but you can also modify it (within the same thread as the event
1795     loop, i.e. without creating data races). Modifying it may not do something
1796 root 1.22 sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1797     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1798 root 1.119 .PP
1799     In any case, the documentation for each member will explain what the
1800     effects are, and if there are any additional access restrictions.
1801 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1802     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1803 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1804 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1805 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1806     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1807     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1808     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1809     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1810     receive future events.
1811 root 1.1 .PP
1812     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1813     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1814     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1815     required if you know what you are doing).
1816     .PP
1817 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1818 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1819 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1820 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1821     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1822     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1823     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1824 root 1.17 .PP
1825 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1826     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1827     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1828 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1829     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1830 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1831     indefinitely.
1832     .PP
1833     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1834 root 1.49 .PP
1835     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1836     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1837     .PP
1838 root 1.111 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll, linuxaio) need to be told about closing
1839     a file descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other
1840     means, such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some
1841     file descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently
1842     drop this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then
1843     is registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is,
1844     in fact, a different file descriptor.
1845 root 1.49 .PP
1846     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1847     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1848     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1849     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1850     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1851     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1852     .PP
1853     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1854     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1855     optimisations to libev.
1856 root 1.50 .PP
1857 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1858     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1859 root 1.54 .PP
1860     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1861 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1862     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1863     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1864 root 1.54 .PP
1865 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1866     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1867 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1868     .PP
1869 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1870     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1871     .PP
1872     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1873     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1874     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1875     .PP
1876     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1877     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1878     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1879     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1880     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1881     .PP
1882     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1883     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1884     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1885     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1886     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1887     .PP
1888     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1889     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1890     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1891 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1892 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1893     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1894     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1895     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1896     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1897     .PP
1898     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1899 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1900 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1901     reuse the same code path.
1902     .PP
1903 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1904     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1905     .PP
1906 root 1.116 Some backends (epoll, kqueue, linuxaio, iouring) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR
1907 root 1.111 at all or exhibit useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs
1908     to be told about it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the
1909     child.
1910 root 1.54 .PP
1911 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1912     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1913     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1914 root 1.54 .PP
1915 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1916     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1917     .PP
1918 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1919     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1920 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1921 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1922 root 1.63 .PP
1923     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1924 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1925 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1926     .PP
1927 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1928 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1929     .PP
1930 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1931 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1932     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1933     .PP
1934     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1935     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1936     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1937     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1938     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1939     .PP
1940     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1941     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1942     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1943     cope with overload is known (to me).
1944     .PP
1945     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1946     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1947     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1948     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1949     .PP
1950     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1951     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1952     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1953     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1954     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1955     usage.
1956     .PP
1957     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1958     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1959     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1960     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1961     clients under typical overload conditions.
1962     .PP
1963     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1964     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1965     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1966     .PP
1967 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1968     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1969 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1970     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1971     .PD 0
1972     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1973     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1974     .PD
1975 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1976 root 1.120 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, both
1977     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW0\fR, to express the desire to receive the given
1978     events.
1979     .Sp
1980     Note that setting the \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR and starting the watcher is
1981     supported, but not specially optimized \- if your program sometimes happens
1982     to generate this combination this is fine, but if it is easy to avoid
1983     starting an io watcher watching for no events you should do so.
1984 root 1.119 .IP "ev_io_modify (ev_io *, int events)" 4
1985     .IX Item "ev_io_modify (ev_io *, int events)"
1986 root 1.121 Similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR, but only changes the requested events. Using this
1987     might be faster with some backends, as libev can assume that the \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR
1988     still refers to the same underlying file description, something it cannot
1989     do when using \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR.
1990 root 1.119 .IP "int fd [no\-modify]" 4
1991     .IX Item "int fd [no-modify]"
1992     The file descriptor being watched. While it can be read at any time, you
1993     must not modify this member even when the watcher is stopped \- always use
1994     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR for that.
1995     .IP "int events [no\-modify]" 4
1996     .IX Item "int events [no-modify]"
1997 root 1.120 The set of events the fd is being watched for, among other flags. Remember
1998     that this is a bit set \- to test for \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, use \f(CW\*(C`w\->events &
1999     EV_READ\*(C'\fR, and similarly for \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR.
2000 root 1.119 .Sp
2001     As with \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR, you must not modify this member even when the watcher is
2002     stopped, always use \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_modify\*(C'\fR for that.
2003 root 1.9 .PP
2004 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2005     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2006     .PP
2007 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
2008 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
2009 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
2010 root 1.9 .PP
2011     .Vb 6
2012 root 1.68 \& static void
2013 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
2014 root 1.68 \& {
2015     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
2016 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
2017 root 1.68 \& }
2018     \&
2019     \& ...
2020     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
2021 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
2022 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
2023     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
2024 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2025 root 1.9 .Ve
2026 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
2027     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
2028 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
2029 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
2030     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
2031     .PP
2032     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
2033 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
2034 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
2035 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
2036 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
2037     .PP
2038 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
2039 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
2040 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
2041     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
2042     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
2043     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
2044     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2045 root 1.71 .PP
2046 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
2047     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
2048     .PP
2049     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
2050     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
2051     you want to raise some error after a while.
2052     .PP
2053     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
2054     inefficient to smart and efficient.
2055     .PP
2056     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
2057     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
2058     data or other life sign was received).
2059     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
2060     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
2061     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
2062     start the watcher:
2063     .Sp
2064     .Vb 2
2065     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
2066     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2067     .Ve
2068     .Sp
2069     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
2070     and start it again:
2071     .Sp
2072     .Vb 3
2073     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
2074     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
2075     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2076     .Ve
2077     .Sp
2078     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
2079     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
2080     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
2081     still not a constant-time operation.
2082     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
2083     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
2084     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
2085     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
2086     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2087     .Sp
2088     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
2089     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
2090     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
2091     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
2092     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
2093     .Sp
2094     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
2095     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2096     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
2097     .Sp
2098     At start:
2099     .Sp
2100     .Vb 3
2101 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2102 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
2103     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2104     .Ve
2105     .Sp
2106     Each time there is some activity:
2107     .Sp
2108     .Vb 1
2109     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2110     .Ve
2111     .Sp
2112     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2113     whether the watcher is active or not:
2114     .Sp
2115     .Vb 2
2116     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2117     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2118     .Ve
2119     .Sp
2120     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2121     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2122     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2123     .Sp
2124     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2125     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2126     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2127     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2128     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2129     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2130     associated activity resets.
2131     .Sp
2132     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2133     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2134     within the callback:
2135     .Sp
2136 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2137     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2138 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2139 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2140 root 1.73 \&
2141     \& static void
2142     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2143     \& {
2144 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2145     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2146 root 1.73 \&
2147 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2148 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2149 root 1.73 \& {
2150 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2151 root 1.73 \& }
2152     \& else
2153     \& {
2154 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2155     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2156     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2157     \& // the timeout can occur.
2158     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2159     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2160 root 1.73 \& }
2161     \& }
2162     .Ve
2163     .Sp
2164 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2165     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2166     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2167     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2168     .Sp
2169     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2170     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2171     .Sp
2172     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2173     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2174     .Sp
2175     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2176 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2177 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2178 root 1.73 .Sp
2179     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2180     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2181     libev to change the timeout.
2182     .Sp
2183 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2184     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2185     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2186     the timer:
2187 root 1.73 .Sp
2188     .Vb 3
2189 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2190     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2191     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2192 root 1.73 .Ve
2193     .Sp
2194 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2195 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2196     .Sp
2197 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2198     \& if (activity detected)
2199     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2200     .Ve
2201     .Sp
2202     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2203     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2204 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2205 root 1.88 .Sp
2206     .Vb 3
2207     \& timeout = new_value;
2208     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2209     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2210 root 1.73 .Ve
2211     .Sp
2212     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2213     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2214     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2215     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2216     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2217     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2218     do even better:
2219     .Sp
2220     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2221     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2222     .Sp
2223     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2224     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2225     .Sp
2226     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2227     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2228     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2229     .Sp
2230     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2231     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2232     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2233     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2234     .PP
2235     So which method the best?
2236     .PP
2237     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2238     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2239     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2240     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2241     .PP
2242     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2243     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2244     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2245     overkill :)
2246     .PP
2247 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2248     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2249     .PP
2250     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2251     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2252     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2253     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2254     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2255     .PP
2256     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2257     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2258     .PP
2259     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2260     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2261     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2262     expect.
2263     .PP
2264     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2265     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2266     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2267     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2268     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2269     .PP
2270     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2271     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2272     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2273     intentions.
2274     .PP
2275     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2276     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2277     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2278     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2279     .PP
2280     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2281     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2282     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2283     late\*(R" side of things.
2284     .PP
2285 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2286     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2287     .PP
2288 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2289     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2290 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2291 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2292     lots of events in one iteration.
2293     .PP
2294 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2295     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2296 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2297 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2298 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2299     for it:
2300 root 1.1 .PP
2301     .Vb 1
2302 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2303 root 1.1 .Ve
2304 root 1.2 .PP
2305 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2306     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2307 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2308     further into the future.
2309 root 1.50 .PP
2310 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2311     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2312     .PP
2313     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2314     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2315     jumps).
2316     .PP
2317     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2318     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2319     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2320     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2321     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2322     .PP
2323     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2324     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2325     a second or so.
2326     .PP
2327     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2328     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2329     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2330     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2331     .PP
2332     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2333     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2334     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2335     .PP
2336     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2337     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2338     exactly the right behaviour.
2339     .PP
2340     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2341     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2342     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2343     .PP
2344 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2345     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2346     .PP
2347     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2348     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2349     .PP
2350     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2351     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2352     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2353     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2354     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2355     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2356     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2357     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2358     be adjusted accordingly.
2359     .PP
2360     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2361     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2362     .PP
2363     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2364     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2365     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2366     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2367     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2368     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2369     .PP
2370     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2371     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2372     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2373     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2374     .PP
2375 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2376     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2377 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2378     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2379     .PD 0
2380     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2381     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2382     .PD
2383 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2384     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2385     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2386     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2387     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2388 root 1.67 .Sp
2389     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2390     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2391     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2392     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2393     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2394 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2395     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2396 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2397     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2398     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2399 root 1.1 .Sp
2400 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2401     applied to the watcher:
2402     .RS 4
2403     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2404     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2405     .PD 0
2406     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2407     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2408     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2409     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2410     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2411     .RE
2412     .RS 4
2413     .PD
2414 root 1.1 .Sp
2415 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2416     usage example.
2417 root 1.88 .RE
2418 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2419     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2420 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2421     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2422     the timeout value currently configured.
2423     .Sp
2424     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2425 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2426 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2427     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2428     too), and so on.
2429 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2430     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2431     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2432 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2433 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2434 root 1.9 .PP
2435 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2436     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2437     .PP
2438 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2439 root 1.9 .PP
2440     .Vb 5
2441 root 1.68 \& static void
2442 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2443 root 1.68 \& {
2444     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2445     \& }
2446     \&
2447 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2448 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2449     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2450 root 1.9 .Ve
2451     .PP
2452 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2453 root 1.9 inactivity.
2454     .PP
2455     .Vb 5
2456 root 1.68 \& static void
2457 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2458 root 1.68 \& {
2459     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2460     \& }
2461     \&
2462 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2463 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2464     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2465 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2466 root 1.68 \&
2467     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2468     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2469     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2470 root 1.9 .Ve
2471 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2472     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2473 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2474 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2475     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2476     .PP
2477 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2478     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2479 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2480 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2481     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2482     wrist-watch).
2483     .PP
2484     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2485     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2486     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2487     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2488     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2489     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2490     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2491     .PP
2492     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2493     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2494 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2495     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2496 root 1.2 .PP
2497 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2498 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2499     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2500     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2501 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2502 root 1.50 .PP
2503     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2504     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2505 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2506     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2507 root 1.1 .PD 0
2508 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2509     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2510 root 1.1 .PD
2511 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2512 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2513 root 1.1 .RS 4
2514 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2515 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2516 root 1.60 .Sp
2517 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2518 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2519     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2520     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2521     this point in time.
2522 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2523 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2524 root 1.60 .Sp
2525 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2526 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2527     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2528     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2529 root 1.1 .Sp
2530 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2531 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2532     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2533 root 1.1 .Sp
2534     .Vb 1
2535     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2536     .Ve
2537     .Sp
2538     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2539 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2540 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2541     by 3600.
2542     .Sp
2543     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2544     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2545 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2546 root 1.46 .Sp
2547 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2548     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2549     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2550     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2551     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2552     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2553 root 1.67 .Sp
2554 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2555 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2556 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2557 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2558 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2559 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2560 root 1.60 .Sp
2561 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2562 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2563     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2564     current time as second argument.
2565     .Sp
2566 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2567 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2568     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2569 root 1.67 .Sp
2570     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2571     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2572     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2573 root 1.1 .Sp
2574 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2575 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2576 root 1.1 .Sp
2577 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2578     \& static ev_tstamp
2579     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2580 root 1.1 \& {
2581     \& return now + 60.;
2582     \& }
2583     .Ve
2584     .Sp
2585     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2586     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2587     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2588     might be called at other times, too.
2589     .Sp
2590 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2591 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2592 root 1.1 .Sp
2593     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2594 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2595     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2596     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2597     do this:
2598     .Sp
2599     .Vb 1
2600     \& #include <time.h>
2601     \&
2602     \& static ev_tstamp
2603     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2604     \& {
2605     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2606     \& struct tm tm;
2607     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2608     \&
2609     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2610     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2611     \&
2612     \& return mktime (&tm);
2613     \& }
2614     .Ve
2615     .Sp
2616     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2617     midnights (beginning and end).
2618 root 1.1 .RE
2619     .RS 4
2620     .RE
2621     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2622     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2623     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2624     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2625     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2626     program when the crontabs have changed).
2627 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2628     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2629 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2630     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2631     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2632     rescheduling modes.
2633 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2634     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2635     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2636 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2637     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2638 root 1.46 .Sp
2639     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2640     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2641 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2642     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2643     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2644     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2645     called.
2646 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2647     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2648 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2649     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2650     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2651 root 1.9 .PP
2652 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2653     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2654     .PP
2655 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2656 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2657 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2658 root 1.9 .PP
2659     .Vb 5
2660 root 1.68 \& static void
2661 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2662 root 1.68 \& {
2663     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2664     \& }
2665     \&
2666 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2667 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2668     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2669 root 1.9 .Ve
2670     .PP
2671 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2672 root 1.9 .PP
2673     .Vb 1
2674 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2675 root 1.60 \&
2676 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2677 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2678 root 1.68 \& {
2679 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2680 root 1.68 \& }
2681 root 1.60 \&
2682 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2683 root 1.9 .Ve
2684     .PP
2685 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2686 root 1.9 .PP
2687     .Vb 4
2688 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2689 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2690     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2691     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2692 root 1.9 .Ve
2693 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2694     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2695 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2696 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2697     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2698 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2699 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2700     .PP
2701 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2702     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2703     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2704     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2705     .PP
2706     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2707     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2708     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2709     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2710     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2711 root 1.71 .PP
2712 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2713     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2714     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2715 root 1.80 .PP
2716 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2717 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2718     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2719     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2720     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2721 root 1.61 .PP
2722 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2723     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2724     .PP
2725     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2726     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2727     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2728 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2729     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2730 root 1.81 .PP
2731     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2732     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2733     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2734     certain signals to be blocked.
2735     .PP
2736     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2737     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2738     choice usually).
2739     .PP
2740     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2741     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2742     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2743     .PP
2744     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2745 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2746 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2747     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2748     .PP
2749     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2750     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2751     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2752     .PP
2753 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2754     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2755     .PP
2756     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2757     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2758     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2759     .PP
2760     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2761     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2762     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2763     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2764     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2765     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2766     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2767     .PP
2768 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2769     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2770 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2771     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2772     .PD 0
2773     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2774     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2775     .PD
2776     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2777     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2778 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2779     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2780     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2781 root 1.61 .PP
2782     \fIExamples\fR
2783     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2784     .PP
2785 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2786 root 1.61 .PP
2787     .Vb 5
2788 root 1.68 \& static void
2789 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2790 root 1.68 \& {
2791 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2792 root 1.68 \& }
2793     \&
2794 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2795 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2796 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2797 root 1.61 .Ve
2798 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2799     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2800 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2801 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2802 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2803     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2804     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2805     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2806     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2807 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2808     in the next callback invocation is not.
2809 root 1.61 .PP
2810     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2811 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2812 root 1.61 .PP
2813 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2814     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2815     libev)
2816     .PP
2817 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2818     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2819     .PP
2820     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2821 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2822     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2823 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2824     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2825     children, even ones not watched.
2826     .PP
2827     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2828     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2829     .PP
2830     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2831     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2832     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2833     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2834     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2835     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2836     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2837 root 1.50 .PP
2838 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2839     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2840     .PP
2841     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2842     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2843     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2844 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2845     problem).
2846 root 1.71 .PP
2847 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2848     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2849 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2850     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2851 root 1.1 .PD 0
2852 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2853     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2854 root 1.1 .PD
2855     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2856     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2857     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2858     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2859     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2860 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2861     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2862     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2863 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2864     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2865     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2866     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2867     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2868     The process id that detected a status change.
2869     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2870     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2871     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2872     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2873 root 1.9 .PP
2874 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2875     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2876     .PP
2877 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2878     its completion.
2879 root 1.9 .PP
2880 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2881 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2882 root 1.61 \&
2883 root 1.68 \& static void
2884 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2885 root 1.68 \& {
2886     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2887     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2888     \& }
2889     \&
2890     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2891     \&
2892     \& if (pid < 0)
2893     \& // error
2894     \& else if (pid == 0)
2895     \& {
2896     \& // the forked child executes here
2897     \& exit (1);
2898     \& }
2899     \& else
2900     \& {
2901     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2902     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2903     \& }
2904 root 1.9 .Ve
2905 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2906     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2907 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2908 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2909 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2910 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2911     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2912     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2913 root 1.22 .PP
2914     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2915 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2916     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2917     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2918     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2919     contents.
2920 root 1.22 .PP
2921 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2922     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2923     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2924     .PP
2925     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2926     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2927     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2928     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2929     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2930     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2931     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2932     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2933 root 1.22 .PP
2934     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2935     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2936 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2937 root 1.22 .PP
2938 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2939 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2940     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2941     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2942 root 1.50 .PP
2943 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2944     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2945     .PP
2946     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2947 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2948     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2949 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2950     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2951     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2952 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2953 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2954 root 1.69 .PP
2955     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2956     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2957     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2958     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2959     default compilation environment.
2960 root 1.63 .PP
2961 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2962     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2963 root 1.59 .PP
2964 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2965     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2966     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2967     watcher is being started.
2968 root 1.59 .PP
2969 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2970 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2971 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2972 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2973 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2974     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2975     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2976     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2977 root 1.59 .PP
2978 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2979 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2980 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2981     etc. is difficult.
2982 root 1.59 .PP
2983 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2984     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2985     .PP
2986     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2987     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2988     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2989     .PP
2990     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2991     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2992 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2993 root 1.74 watcher).
2994     .PP
2995     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2996     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2997     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2998     .PP
2999     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
3000     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
3001     .PP
3002 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
3003     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
3004     .PP
3005 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
3006     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
3007     still only support whole seconds.
3008 root 1.59 .PP
3009 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
3010     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
3011     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
3012 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
3013     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
3014 root 1.65 .PP
3015     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
3016 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
3017 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
3018     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
3019     .PP
3020     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
3021     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
3022     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
3023     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
3024     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
3025     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
3026     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
3027     the timer callback).
3028 root 1.59 .PP
3029 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3030     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3031 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
3032     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
3033     .PD 0
3034     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
3035     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
3036     .PD
3037     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
3038     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
3039     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
3040     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
3041     path for as long as the watcher is active.
3042     .Sp
3043 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
3044     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
3045     last change was detected).
3046 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
3047     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
3048 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
3049 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
3050     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
3051     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
3052     new values.
3053 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
3054     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
3055 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
3056 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
3057 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
3058     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
3059     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
3060 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
3061     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
3062     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
3063 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
3064     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
3065     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
3066 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
3067     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
3068     The specified interval.
3069     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
3070     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
3071 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
3072 root 1.22 .PP
3073 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
3074     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3075     .PP
3076 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
3077     .PP
3078 root 1.60 .Vb 10
3079 root 1.68 \& static void
3080     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
3081     \& {
3082     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
3083     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
3084     \& {
3085     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
3086     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3087     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3088     \& }
3089     \& else
3090     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
3091     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
3092     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
3093     \& }
3094 root 1.60 \&
3095 root 1.68 \& ...
3096     \& ev_stat passwd;
3097 root 1.60 \&
3098 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3099     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3100 root 1.22 .Ve
3101 root 1.59 .PP
3102     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
3103     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
3104     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3105     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3106     .PP
3107     .Vb 2
3108 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3109     \& static ev_timer timer;
3110 root 1.60 \&
3111 root 1.68 \& static void
3112     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3113     \& {
3114     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3115     \&
3116     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3117     \& }
3118     \&
3119     \& static void
3120     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3121     \& {
3122     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3123     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3124     \& }
3125     \&
3126     \& ...
3127     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3128     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3129     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3130 root 1.59 .Ve
3131 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3132     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3133 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3134 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3135 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3136     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3137 root 1.37 .PP
3138     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3139     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3140     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3141     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3142     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3143     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3144 root 1.1 .PP
3145     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3146     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3147     .PP
3148     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3149     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3150 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3151 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3152 root 1.50 .PP
3153 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3154     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3155     .PP
3156     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3157     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3158     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3159     lowest priority will do.
3160     .PP
3161     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3162     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3163     between different connections.
3164     .PP
3165     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3166     example.
3167     .PP
3168 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3169     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3170 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3171     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3172 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3173     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3174     believe me.
3175 root 1.9 .PP
3176 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3177     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3178     .PP
3179 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3180     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3181 root 1.9 .PP
3182 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3183 root 1.68 \& static void
3184 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3185 root 1.68 \& {
3186 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3187     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3188     \&
3189     \& // now we can free it
3190 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3191 root 1.93 \&
3192 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3193     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3194     \& }
3195     \&
3196 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3197 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3198 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3199 root 1.9 .Ve
3200 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3201     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3202 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3203 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3204 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3205     afterwards.
3206     .PP
3207 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3208     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3209     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3210     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3211     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3212     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3213     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3214 root 1.20 .PP
3215 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3216 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3217 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3218 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3219     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3220     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3221     watcher).
3222 root 1.1 .PP
3223 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3224     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3225     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3226     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3227     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3228     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3229     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3230     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3231 root 1.1 .PP
3232     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3233     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3234     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3235     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3236     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3237     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3238     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3239     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3240 root 1.45 .PP
3241 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3242     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3243     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3244     watchers).
3245 root 1.71 .PP
3246     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3247     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3248     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3249     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3250     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3251     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3252     others).
3253 root 1.50 .PP
3254 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3255     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3256     .PP
3257     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3258     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3259     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3260     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3261     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3262     connections have a chance of making progress.
3263     .PP
3264     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3265     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3266     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3267     .PP
3268     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3269     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3270     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3271     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3272     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3273     .PP
3274 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3275     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3276 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3277     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3278     .PD 0
3279     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3280     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3281     .PD
3282     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3283     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3284 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3285     pointless.
3286 root 1.9 .PP
3287 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3288     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3289     .PP
3290 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3291     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3292     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3293 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3294     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3295     Glib event loop).
3296 root 1.44 .PP
3297     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3298     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3299     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3300     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3301     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3302 root 1.20 .PP
3303     .Vb 2
3304 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3305     \& static ev_timer tw;
3306     \&
3307     \& static void
3308 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3309 root 1.68 \& {
3310     \& }
3311     \&
3312     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3313     \& static void
3314 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3315 root 1.68 \& {
3316     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3317     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3318     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3319     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3320     \&
3321     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3322 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3323 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3324 root 1.60 \&
3325 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3326     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3327     \& {
3328     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3329     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3330     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3331     \&
3332     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3333     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3334     \& }
3335     \& }
3336     \&
3337     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3338     \& static void
3339 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3340 root 1.68 \& {
3341     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3342     \&
3343     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3344     \& {
3345     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3346     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3347     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3348     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3349     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3350     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3351 root 1.60 \&
3352 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3353     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3354     \& }
3355     \&
3356     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3357     \& }
3358 root 1.20 .Ve
3359 root 1.44 .PP
3360     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3361     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3362     .PP
3363     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3364 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3365 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3366     .PP
3367     .Vb 5
3368 root 1.68 \& static void
3369     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3370     \& {
3371     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3372     \& update_now (EV_A);
3373     \&
3374     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3375     \& }
3376     \&
3377     \& static void
3378     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3379     \& {
3380     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3381     \& update_now (EV_A);
3382 root 1.60 \&
3383 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3384     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3385     \& }
3386     \&
3387     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3388 root 1.44 .Ve
3389     .PP
3390     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3391 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3392     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3393 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3394 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3395     libglib event loop.
3396 root 1.44 .PP
3397     .Vb 4
3398 root 1.68 \& static gint
3399     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3400     \& {
3401     \& int got_events = 0;
3402     \&
3403     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3404     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3405     \&
3406     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3407     \& // create/start timer
3408     \&
3409     \& // poll
3410 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3411 root 1.68 \&
3412     \& // stop timer again
3413     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3414     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3415 root 1.60 \&
3416 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3417     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3418     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3419     \&
3420     \& return got_events;
3421     \& }
3422 root 1.44 .Ve
3423 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3424     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3425 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3426 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3427 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3428     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3429 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3430 root 1.10 .PP
3431     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3432     prioritise I/O.
3433     .PP
3434     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3435     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3436     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3437 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3438     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3439     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3440     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3441     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3442     .PP
3443     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3444     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3445     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3446     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3447     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3448 root 1.10 .PP
3449 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3450     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3451     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3452     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3453     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3454     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3455     .PP
3456     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3457     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3458     .PP
3459     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3460     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3461     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3462     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3463 root 1.10 .PP
3464 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3465 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3466     portable one.
3467     .PP
3468     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3469     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3470     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3471 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3472 root 1.50 .PP
3473 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3474     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3475     .PP
3476     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3477     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3478     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3479     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3480     as applicable.
3481     .PP
3482 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3483     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3484 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3485     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3486 root 1.10 .PD 0
3487 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3488     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3489 root 1.10 .PD
3490 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3491     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3492     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3493     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3494 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3495 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3496     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3497     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3498 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3499 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3500 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3501     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3502 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3503 root 1.60 .PP
3504     \fIExamples\fR
3505     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3506     .PP
3507     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3508     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3509 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3510     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3511 root 1.60 used).
3512     .PP
3513     .Vb 3
3514 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3515     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3516 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3517 root 1.102 \&
3518 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3519     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3520     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3521     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3522     \& : 0;
3523     \&
3524     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3525     \& if (loop_lo)
3526     \& {
3527     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3528     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3529     \& }
3530     \& else
3531     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3532 root 1.60 .Ve
3533     .PP
3534     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3535     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3536     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3537     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3538     .PP
3539     .Vb 3
3540 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3541     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3542 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3543 root 1.102 \&
3544 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3545     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3546     \& {
3547     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3548     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3549     \& }
3550 root 1.60 \&
3551 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3552     \& loop_socket = loop;
3553 root 1.60 \&
3554 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3555 root 1.60 .Ve
3556 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3557     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3558 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3559     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3560     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3561 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3562     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3563     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3564     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3565     of course.
3566 root 1.51 .PP
3567 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3568     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3569     .PP
3570 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3571 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3572     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3573     .PP
3574     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3575     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3576     fork.
3577     .PP
3578     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3579     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3580     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3581     .PP
3582     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3583     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3584     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3585     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3586     .PP
3587     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3588     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3589     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3590     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3591     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3592     signal watchers).
3593     .PP
3594     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3595     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3596 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3597     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3598     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3599     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3600     signal watchers.
3601 root 1.78 .PP
3602 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3603     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3604 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3605     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3606 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3607     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3608 root 1.82 really.
3609     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3610     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3611     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3612     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3613     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3614     .PP
3615     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3616     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3617     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3618     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3619     .PP
3620     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3621     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3622     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3623     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3624     .PP
3625     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3626     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3627     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3628     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3629     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3630     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3631     pointless, I assure you.
3632     .PP
3633     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3634     cleanup functions are called.
3635     .PP
3636     .Vb 5
3637     \& static void
3638     \& program_exits (void)
3639     \& {
3640     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3641     \& }
3642     \&
3643     \& ...
3644     \& atexit (program_exits);
3645     .Ve
3646     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3647     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3648     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3649 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3650 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3651     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3652     .PP
3653 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3654     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3655     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3656     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3657 root 1.61 .PP
3658     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3659     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3660     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3661 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3662 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3663     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3664     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3665 root 1.61 .PP
3666     \fIQueueing\fR
3667     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3668     .PP
3669     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3670     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3671     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3672 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3673     semantics.
3674 root 1.61 .PP
3675     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3676 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3677 root 1.61 queue:
3678     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3679     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3680     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3681 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3682     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3683 root 1.61 .Sp
3684     .Vb 1
3685     \& static ev_async mysig;
3686     \&
3687     \& static void
3688     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3689     \& {
3690     \& sometype data;
3691     \&
3692     \& // no locking etc.
3693     \& queue_put (data);
3694     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3695     \& }
3696     \&
3697     \& static void
3698     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3699     \& {
3700     \& sometype data;
3701     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3702     \&
3703     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3704     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3705     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3706     \&
3707     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3708     \& process (data);
3709     \&
3710     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3711     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3712     \& }
3713     .Ve
3714     .Sp
3715     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3716     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3717     either...).
3718     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3719     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3720     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3721     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3722     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3723     .Sp
3724     .Vb 2
3725     \& static ev_async mysig;
3726     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3727     \&
3728     \& static void
3729     \& otherthread (void)
3730     \& {
3731     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3732     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3733     \& queue_put (data);
3734     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3735     \&
3736     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3737     \& }
3738     \&
3739     \& static void
3740     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3741     \& {
3742     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3743     \&
3744     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3745     \& process (data);
3746     \&
3747     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3748     \& }
3749     .Ve
3750     .PP
3751     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3752     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3753     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3754     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3755     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3756 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3757 root 1.71 trust me.
3758 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3759     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3760     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3761 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3762     returns.
3763     .Sp
3764     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3765     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3766     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3767 root 1.61 .Sp
3768 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3769 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3770     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3771     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3772     .Sp
3773     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3774     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3775     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3776     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3777     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3778     zero) under load.
3779 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3780     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3781     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3782     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3783     event loop.
3784     .Sp
3785     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3786     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3787     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3788 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3789 root 1.63 .Sp
3790 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3791     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3792     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3793     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3794 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3795     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3796     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3797 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3798     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3799 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3800 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3801 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3802     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3803     more watchers yourself.
3804     .Sp
3805 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3806     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3807     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3808 root 1.1 .Sp
3809     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3810     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3811 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3812 root 1.1 .Sp
3813 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3814 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3815 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3816 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3817     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3818     events precedence.
3819     .Sp
3820 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3821 root 1.1 .Sp
3822     .Vb 7
3823 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3824     \& {
3825 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3826     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3827 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3828 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3829     \& }
3830 root 1.60 \&
3831 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3832 root 1.1 .Ve
3833 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3834     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3835 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3836 root 1.88 the given events.
3837 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3838     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3839 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3840     which is async-safe.
3841     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3842     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3843     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3844     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3845     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3846 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3847 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3848     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3849     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3850     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3851     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3852     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3853     data:
3854     .PP
3855     .Vb 7
3856     \& struct my_io
3857     \& {
3858     \& ev_io io;
3859     \& int otherfd;
3860     \& void *somedata;
3861     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3862     \& };
3863     \&
3864     \& ...
3865     \& struct my_io w;
3866     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3867     .Ve
3868     .PP
3869     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3870     can cast it back to your own type:
3871     .PP
3872     .Vb 5
3873     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3874     \& {
3875     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3876     \& ...
3877     \& }
3878     .Ve
3879     .PP
3880     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3881     function type instead have been omitted.
3882 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3883 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3884     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3885     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3886     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3887     .PP
3888     .Vb 6
3889     \& struct my_biggy
3890     \& {
3891     \& int some_data;
3892     \& ev_timer t1;
3893     \& ev_timer t2;
3894     \& }
3895     .Ve
3896     .PP
3897     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3898     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3899     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3900     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3901     real programmers):
3902     .PP
3903     .Vb 1
3904     \& #include <stddef.h>
3905     \&
3906     \& static void
3907     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3908     \& {
3909     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3910     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3911     \& }
3912     \&
3913     \& static void
3914     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3915     \& {
3916     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3917     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3918     \& }
3919     .Ve
3920 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3921 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3922     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3923     .PP
3924     .Vb 4
3925     \& callback ()
3926     \& {
3927     \& free (request);
3928     \& }
3929     \&
3930     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3931     .Ve
3932     .PP
3933     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3934     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3935     .PP
3936     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3937     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3938     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3939     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3940     .PP
3941     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3942     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3943     .PP
3944     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3945     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3946     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3947     already been invoked.
3948     .PP
3949     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3950     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3951     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3952 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3953     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3954     pushing it into the pending queue:
3955 root 1.88 .PP
3956     .Vb 2
3957     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3958     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3959     .Ve
3960     .PP
3961     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3962     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3963 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3964 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3965     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3966     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3967     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3968     .PP
3969     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3970     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3971     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3972     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3973 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3974 root 1.85 .PP
3975     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3976     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3977     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3978     .PP
3979     .Vb 2
3980     \& // main loop
3981     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3982     \&
3983     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3984     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3985     \&
3986 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3987 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3988     \&
3989     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3990     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3991     .Ve
3992     .PP
3993     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3994     .PP
3995     .Vb 2
3996     \& // exit modal loop
3997     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3998     \&
3999     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
4000     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
4001     \&
4002     \& // exit both
4003     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
4004     .Ve
4005 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
4006 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
4007     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
4008     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
4009     created/added/removed.
4010     .PP
4011     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
4012     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
4013     languages).
4014     .PP
4015     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
4016     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
4017     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
4018     .PP
4019     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
4020     .PP
4021     .Vb 6
4022     \& typedef struct {
4023 root 1.123 \& pthread_mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
4024     \& pthread_t tid;
4025     \& pthread_cond_t invoke_cv;
4026 root 1.85 \& ev_async async_w;
4027     \& } userdata;
4028     \&
4029     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
4030     \& {
4031     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
4032     \& static userdata u;
4033     \&
4034 root 1.123 \& ev_async_init (&u.async_w, async_cb);
4035     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u.async_w);
4036 root 1.85 \&
4037 root 1.123 \& pthread_mutex_init (&u.lock, 0);
4038     \& pthread_cond_init (&u.invoke_cv, 0);
4039 root 1.85 \&
4040     \& // now associate this with the loop
4041 root 1.123 \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ &u);
4042 root 1.85 \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
4043     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
4044     \&
4045 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
4046 root 1.123 \& pthread_create (&u.tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
4047 root 1.85 \& }
4048     .Ve
4049     .PP
4050     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
4051     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
4052     that might have been added:
4053     .PP
4054     .Vb 5
4055     \& static void
4056     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4057     \& {
4058     \& // just used for the side effects
4059     \& }
4060     .Ve
4061     .PP
4062     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4063     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4064     .PP
4065     .Vb 6
4066     \& static void
4067     \& l_release (EV_P)
4068     \& {
4069     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4070     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4071     \& }
4072     \&
4073     \& static void
4074     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4075     \& {
4076     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4077     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4078     \& }
4079     .Ve
4080     .PP
4081     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4082     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4083     .PP
4084     .Vb 4
4085     \& void *
4086     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4087     \& {
4088     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4089     \&
4090     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4091     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4092     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4093     \& l_release (EV_A);
4094     \&
4095     \& return 0;
4096     \& }
4097     .Ve
4098     .PP
4099     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4100     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4101     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4102     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4103     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4104     watchers is very beneficial):
4105     .PP
4106     .Vb 4
4107     \& static void
4108     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4109     \& {
4110     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4111     \&
4112     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4113     \& {
4114     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4115     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4116     \& }
4117     \& }
4118     .Ve
4119     .PP
4120     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4121     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4122     thread to continue:
4123     .PP
4124     .Vb 4
4125     \& static void
4126     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4127     \& {
4128     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4129     \&
4130     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4131     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4132     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4133     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4134     \& }
4135     .Ve
4136     .PP
4137     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4138     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4139     .PP
4140     .Vb 2
4141     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4142     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4143     \&
4144     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4145     \&
4146     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4147     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4148     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4149     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4150     .Ve
4151     .PP
4152     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4153     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4154     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4155     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4156 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4157 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4158     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4159     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4160     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4161     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4162     .PP
4163     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4164     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4165     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4166     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4167     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4168     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4169     .PP
4170     .Vb 2
4171     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4172     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4173     .Ve
4174     .PP
4175     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4176     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4177     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4178     .PP
4179     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4180     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4181     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4182     called):
4183     .PP
4184     .Vb 6
4185     \& void
4186     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4187     \& {
4188 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4189 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4190     \& }
4191     .Ve
4192     .PP
4193     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4194     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4195 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4196 root 1.85 .PP
4197     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4198     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4199     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4200     any waiters.
4201     .PP
4202 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4203 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4204     .PP
4205     .Vb 4
4206     \& // my_ev.h
4207     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4208 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4209 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4210     \&
4211     \& // my_ev.c
4212     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4213     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4214     .Ve
4215     .PP
4216     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4217     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4218     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4219 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4220     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4221     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4222     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4223 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4224 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4225     .Sp
4226     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4227     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4228     .IP "\(bu" 4
4229 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4230     .IP "\(bu" 4
4231     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4232     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4233     .IP "\(bu" 4
4234     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4235     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4236     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4237     .IP "\(bu" 4
4238     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4239     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4240     is an ev_pri field.
4241     .IP "\(bu" 4
4242 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4243 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4244 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4245 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4246     .IP "\(bu" 4
4247     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4248     to use the libev header file and library.
4249 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4250     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4251 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4252     .IX Subsection "C API"
4253     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4254     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4255     will work fine.
4256     .PP
4257     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4258 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4259     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4260     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4261     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4262     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4263 root 1.92 .PP
4264     .Vb 6
4265     \& static void
4266 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4267 root 1.92 \& {
4268     \& perror (msg);
4269     \& abort ();
4270     \& }
4271     \&
4272     \& ...
4273     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4274     .Ve
4275     .PP
4276     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4277 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4278 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4279     .PP
4280     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4281     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4282     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4283     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4284     .IX Subsection " API"
4285 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4286 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4287 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4288     .PP
4289     To use it,
4290     .PP
4291     .Vb 1
4292 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4293 root 1.13 .Ve
4294     .PP
4295 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4296     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4297     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4298     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4299     .PP
4300 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4301     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4302     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4303     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4304 root 1.41 .PP
4305 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4306     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4307     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4308     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4309     (preferably after implementing it).
4310 root 1.13 .PP
4311 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4312     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4313     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4314     .PP
4315 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4316 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4317 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4318     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4319     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4320     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4321 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4322 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4323     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4324     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4325 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4326 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4327     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4328     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4329     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4330     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4331 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4332 root 1.13 .Sp
4333     All of those classes have these methods:
4334     .RS 4
4335 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4336     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4337 root 1.13 .PD 0
4338 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4339     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4340 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4341     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4342     .PD
4343 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4344     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4345     .Sp
4346     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4347     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4348     .Sp
4349     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4350     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4351     .Sp
4352     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4353     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4354 root 1.13 .Sp
4355     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4356 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4357     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4358     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4359     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4360     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4361     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4362     .Sp
4363     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4364     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4365     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4366     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4367     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4368     .Sp
4369     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4370     .Sp
4371     .Vb 4
4372 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4373     \& {
4374     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4375     \& }
4376     \&
4377     \& myclass obj;
4378     \& ev::io iow;
4379     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4380 root 1.41 .Ve
4381 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4382     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4383     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4384     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4385     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4386     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4387     list.
4388     .Sp
4389     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4390     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4391     .Sp
4392     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4393     .Sp
4394     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4395     .Sp
4396     .Vb 7
4397     \& struct myfunctor
4398     \& {
4399     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4400     \& {
4401     \& ...
4402     \& }
4403     \& }
4404 root 1.102 \&
4405 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4406     \&
4407     \& ev::io w;
4408     \& w.set (&f);
4409     .Ve
4410 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4411     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4412 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4413     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4414     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4415     .Sp
4416 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4417     .Sp
4418 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4419 root 1.43 .Sp
4420 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4421 root 1.43 .Sp
4422     .Vb 2
4423 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4424     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4425 root 1.43 .Ve
4426 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4427     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4428 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4429     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4430 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4431     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4432 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4433     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4434     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4435     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4436     method.
4437     .Sp
4438     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4439     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4440 root 1.120 .Sp
4441     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::io\*(C'\fR watchers there is an additional \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method that acepts a
4442 sf-exg 1.125 new event mask only, and internally calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_modify\*(C'\fR.
4443 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4444     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4445 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4446     constructor already stores the event loop.
4447 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4448     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4449     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4450     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4451     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4452 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4453     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4454     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4455 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4456 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4457     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4458 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4459     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4460 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4461     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4462     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4463 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4464 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4465     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4466     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4467 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4468 root 1.13 .RE
4469     .RS 4
4470     .RE
4471     .PP
4472 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4473     watchers in the constructor.
4474 root 1.13 .PP
4475 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4476 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4477     \& {
4478 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4479 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4480 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4481 root 1.68 \&
4482     \& myclass (int fd)
4483     \& {
4484     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4485 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4486 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4487     \&
4488 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4489     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4490     \&
4491     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4492 root 1.68 \& }
4493     \& };
4494 root 1.13 .Ve
4495 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4496     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4497     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4498 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4499 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4500     me a note.
4501     .IP "Perl" 4
4502     .IX Item "Perl"
4503     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4504     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4505     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4506 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4507     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4508     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4509 root 1.62 .Sp
4510 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4511 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4512 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4513     .IX Item "Python"
4514     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4515 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4516 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4517     .IX Item "Ruby"
4518     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4519 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4520 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4521     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4522 root 1.75 .Sp
4523     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4524     makes rev work even on mingw.
4525 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4526     .IX Item "Haskell"
4527     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4528 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4529 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4530     .IX Item "D"
4531     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4532 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4533 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4534     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4535     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4536 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4537 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4538     .IX Item "Lua"
4539 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4540     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4541 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4542 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4543     .IX Item "Javascript"
4544     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4545     .IP "Others" 4
4546     .IX Item "Others"
4547     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4548 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4549     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4550 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4551 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4552     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4553 root 1.24 .PP
4554     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4555     following macros are defined:
4556 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4557 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4558     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4559     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4560     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4561     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4562     .Sp
4563     .Vb 3
4564 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4565     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4566 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4567 root 1.24 .Ve
4568     .Sp
4569     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4570     which is often provided by the following macro.
4571 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4572 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4573     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4574     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4575     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4576     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4577     .Sp
4578     .Vb 2
4579 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4580     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4581 root 1.60 \&
4582 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4583     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4584 root 1.24 .Ve
4585     .Sp
4586     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4587     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4588 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4589 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4590     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4591     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4592 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4593     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4594     .Sp
4595     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4596     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4597 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4598 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4599     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4600     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4601     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4602     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4603     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4604     .Sp
4605     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4606     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4607 root 1.24 .PP
4608 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4609 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4610 root 1.36 or not.
4611 root 1.24 .PP
4612     .Vb 5
4613 root 1.68 \& static void
4614     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4615     \& {
4616     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4617     \& }
4618     \&
4619     \& ev_check check;
4620     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4621     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4622 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4623 root 1.24 .Ve
4624 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4625     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4626     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4627     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4628     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4629 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4630 root 1.14 .PP
4631 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4632 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4633     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4634     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4635 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4636 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4637     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4638 root 1.68 in your application.
4639 root 1.14 .PP
4640 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4641 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4642     .PP
4643     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4644     configuration (no autoconf):
4645     .PP
4646     .Vb 2
4647 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4648     \& #include "ev.c"
4649 root 1.14 .Ve
4650     .PP
4651     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4652     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4653 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4654 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4655     where you can put other configuration options):
4656     .PP
4657     .Vb 2
4658 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4659     \& #include "ev.h"
4660 root 1.14 .Ve
4661     .PP
4662     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4663 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4664 root 1.14 as a bug).
4665     .PP
4666     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4667     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4668     .PP
4669     .Vb 4
4670 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4671     \& ev.c
4672     \& ev_vars.h
4673     \& ev_wrap.h
4674     \&
4675     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4676     \&
4677 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4678     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4679     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4680 root 1.111 \& ev_linuxaio.c only when the linux aio backend is enabled
4681 root 1.116 \& ev_iouring.c only when the linux io_uring backend is enabled
4682 root 1.107 \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4683     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4684 root 1.14 .Ve
4685     .PP
4686     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4687 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4688 root 1.14 .PP
4689 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4690 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4691     .PP
4692 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4693 root 1.14 .PP
4694     .Vb 1
4695 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4696 root 1.14 .Ve
4697     .PP
4698     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4699     .PP
4700     .Vb 1
4701 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4702 root 1.14 .Ve
4703     .PP
4704 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4705 root 1.14 .PP
4706     You need the following additional files for this:
4707     .PP
4708     .Vb 2
4709 root 1.68 \& event.h
4710     \& event.c
4711 root 1.14 .Ve
4712     .PP
4713 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4714 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4715     .PP
4716 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4717 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4718 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4719     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4720 root 1.14 .PP
4721     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4722     .PP
4723     .Vb 1
4724 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4725 root 1.14 .Ve
4726 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4727 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4728 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4729 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4730     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4731     .PP
4732 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4733 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4734     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4735 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4736 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4737     settings.
4738 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4739 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4740     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4741     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4742     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4743     .Sp
4744     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4745     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4746     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4747     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4748     typedef in that case.
4749     .Sp
4750     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4751     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4752     removed completely.
4753 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4754 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4755 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4756     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4757     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4758     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4759     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4760 root 1.75 .Sp
4761 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4762 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4763 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4764     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4765     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4766     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4767     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4768     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4769     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4770     this.
4771 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4772     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4773     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4774 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4775     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4776     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4777     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4778 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4779 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4780 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4781     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4782     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4783 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4784     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4785     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4786     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4787     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4788     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4789     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4790 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4791     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4792     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4793     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4794     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4795     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4796     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4797     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4798     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4799     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4800 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4801     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4802     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4803     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4804 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4805     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4806     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4807     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4808     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4809     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4810     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4811 root 1.117 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SIGNALFD\s0" 4
4812     .IX Item "EV_USE_SIGNALFD"
4813     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`signalfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4814     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This enables
4815     the use of \s-1EVFLAG_SIGNALFD\s0 for faster and simpler signal handling. If
4816     undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4817     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4818     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_TIMERFD\s0" 4
4819     .IX Item "EV_USE_TIMERFD"
4820     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`timerfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4821     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This allows
4822     libev to detect time jumps accurately. If undefined, it will be enabled
4823     if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.8 or newer and define
4824     \&\f(CW\*(C`TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET\*(C'\fR, otherwise disabled.
4825     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4826     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4827     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4828     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4829     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4830     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4831     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4832 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4833     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4834     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4835 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4836 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4837     will not be compiled in.
4838     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4839     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4840     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4841     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4842 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4843     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4844     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4845     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4846     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4847 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4848     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4849     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4850     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4851     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4852     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4853     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4854     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4855     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4856 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4857     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4858 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4859     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4860     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4861     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4862     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4863 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4864     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4865     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4866     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4867     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4868     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4869     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4870     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4871     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4872     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4873     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4874     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4875 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4876     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4877     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4878     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4879     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4880 root 1.95 environments.
4881 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4882     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4883     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4884     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4885     takes precedence over select.
4886     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4887     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4888     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4889     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4890 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4891     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4892     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4893 root 1.111 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_LINUXAIO\s0" 4
4894     .IX Item "EV_USE_LINUXAIO"
4895 root 1.116 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux aio
4896     backend (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_EPOLL\*(C'\fR must also be enabled). If undefined, it will be
4897     enabled on linux, otherwise disabled.
4898     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_IOURING\s0" 4
4899     .IX Item "EV_USE_IOURING"
4900 root 1.111 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4901 root 1.116 io_uring backend (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_EPOLL\*(C'\fR must also be enabled). Due to it's
4902     current limitations it has to be requested explicitly. If undefined, it
4903     will be enabled on linux, otherwise disabled.
4904 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4905     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4906     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4907     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4908     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4909     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4910     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4911     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4912     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4913 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4914 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4915     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4916     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4917     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4918     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4919     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4920     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4921     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4922     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4923 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4924 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4925     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4926     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4927     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4928 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4929     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4930 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4931     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4932     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4933     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4934     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4935     and makes libev faster.
4936     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4937     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4938 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4939     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4940     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4941     libev faster.
4942 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4943     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4944     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4945 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4946     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4947     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4948     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4949     watchers.
4950 root 1.61 .Sp
4951 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4952 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4953 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4954 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4955 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4956 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4957     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4958 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4959 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4960 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4961     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4962     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4963 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4964 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4965 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4966 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4967 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4968 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4969 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4970     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4971     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4972     around libev functions.
4973     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4974     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4975     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4976     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4977     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4978     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4979     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4980 root 1.88 .Sp
4981     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4982     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4983     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4984 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4985     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4986     .PD 0
4987     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4988     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4989     .PD
4990     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4991     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4992     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4993     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4994     .Sp
4995     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4996     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4997     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4998     fine.
4999     .Sp
5000 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
5001 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
5002     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
5003 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
5004     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
5005     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
5006     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
5007     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
5008     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
5009 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
5010 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
5011     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
5012     that can be enabled on the platform.
5013     .Sp
5014     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
5015     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
5016     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
5017     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
5018     backend, use this:
5019     .Sp
5020     .Vb 5
5021     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
5022     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
5023     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
5024     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5025     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
5026     .Ve
5027     .Sp
5028     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
5029 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
5030 root 1.82 .RS 4
5031     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
5032     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
5033     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
5034     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
5035     .Sp
5036     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
5037     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
5038     .Sp
5039     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
5040     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
5041     assertions.
5042 root 1.91 .Sp
5043     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
5044     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
5045 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
5046     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
5047     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
5048     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
5049     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
5050     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
5051     runtime.
5052 root 1.91 .Sp
5053     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
5054     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
5055 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
5056     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
5057     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
5058     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
5059     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
5060     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
5061     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
5062     .IX Item "8 - full API"
5063     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
5064     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
5065     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
5066     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
5067     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
5068     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
5069     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
5070     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
5071     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
5072     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
5073     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
5074     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
5075     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
5076     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
5077     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
5078     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
5079     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
5080     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
5081     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
5082     default.
5083     .RE
5084     .RS 4
5085     .Sp
5086     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
5087     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
5088     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
5089     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
5090     .Sp
5091     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
5092     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
5093     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
5094     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
5095     .RE
5096 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
5097     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
5098     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
5099     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
5100     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
5101     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
5102     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
5103     .Sp
5104     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
5105     wants to use libev.
5106     .Sp
5107     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
5108     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
5109 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
5110     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
5111     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
5112     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
5113     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
5114     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
5115     big.
5116     .Sp
5117     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
5118     enabled.
5119 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
5120     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
5121     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
5122     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
5123     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
5124     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
5125 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
5126 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
5127 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5128     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
5129     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5130 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
5131     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
5132     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
5133 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5134     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
5135 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5136 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
5137     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
5138     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
5139     power of two).
5140 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
5141     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5142     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5143 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5144     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5145     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5146 root 1.65 .Sp
5147 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5148     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5149 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5150     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5151     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5152 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5153 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5154     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5155 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5156 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5157 root 1.65 .Sp
5158 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5159     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5160 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5161     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5162 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5163 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5164     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5165     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5166     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5167     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5168     libev considerably.
5169     .Sp
5170 root 1.115 Verification errors are reported via C's \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism, so if you
5171     disable that (e.g. by defining \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR) then no errors will be reported.
5172     .Sp
5173 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5174     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5175 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5176     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5177     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5178 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5179 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5180     though, and it must be identical each time.
5181     .Sp
5182     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5183     .Sp
5184     .Vb 3
5185 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5186     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5187     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5188 root 1.14 .Ve
5189 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5190 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5191 root 1.14 .PD 0
5192 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5193 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5194     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5195     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5196 root 1.14 .PD
5197     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5198     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5199 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5200 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5201 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5202     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5203 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5204 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5205 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5206 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5207     all public symbols, one per line:
5208 root 1.60 .PP
5209 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5210 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5211     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5212 root 1.53 .Ve
5213 root 1.60 .PP
5214 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5215     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5216 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5217 root 1.60 .PP
5218 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5219 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5220 root 1.60 .PP
5221 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5222 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5223 root 1.53 .Ve
5224 root 1.60 .PP
5225 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5226 root 1.60 .PP
5227 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5228     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5229     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5230     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5231     \& ...
5232     .Ve
5233 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5234 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5235     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5236     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5237     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5238     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5239     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5240     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5241     file.
5242 root 1.60 .PP
5243 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5244 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5245 root 1.60 .PP
5246 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5247     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5248     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5249     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5250     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5251     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5252     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5253     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5254 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5255 root 1.60 \&
5256 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5257 root 1.14 .Ve
5258 root 1.60 .PP
5259 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5260 root 1.60 .PP
5261 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5262 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5263     \& #include "ev.c"
5264 root 1.14 .Ve
5265 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5266     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5267 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5268 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5269     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5270 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5271 root 1.72 .PP
5272 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5273 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5274     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5275     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5276     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5277     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5278 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5279     .PP
5280     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5281     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5282     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5283     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5284     a mutex per loop).
5285     .PP
5286     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5287     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5288     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5289     outside\*(R".
5290 root 1.64 .PP
5291 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5292     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5293 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5294 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5295     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5296 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5297 root 1.64 .Sp
5298     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5299     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5300     .IP "\(bu" 4
5301     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5302     .Sp
5303     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5304     exists, but it is always a good start.
5305     .IP "\(bu" 4
5306     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5307 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5308 root 1.64 .Sp
5309 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5310 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5311     .IP "\(bu" 4
5312     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5313 root 1.71 event loop.
5314     .Sp
5315     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5316     (or from signal contexts...).
5317     .Sp
5318     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5319     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5320     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5321     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5322 root 1.72 .PP
5323 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5324 root 1.79 .PP
5325 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5326 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5327 root 1.72 .PP
5328     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5329     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5330 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5331 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5332     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5333     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5334 root 1.64 .PP
5335 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5336 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5337 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5338 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5339 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5340     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5341     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5342     scared by this.
5343     .PP
5344     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5345     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5346     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5347     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5348     .PP
5349     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5350     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5351     maintainable.
5352     .PP
5353     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5354     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5355     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5356 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5357 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5358     such buggy versions.
5359     .PP
5360     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5361     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5362     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5363     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5364     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5365 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5366 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5367     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5368     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5369     .PP
5370     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5371     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5372     .PP
5373     .Vb 3
5374     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5375     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5376     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5377     .Ve
5378     .PP
5379     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5380 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5381 root 1.72 .PP
5382     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5383     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5384     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5385     confused.
5386     .PP
5387     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5388     make it into some kind of religion.
5389     .PP
5390     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5391     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5392     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5393     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5394     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5395 root 1.60 .PP
5396 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5397     I suggest using suppression lists.
5398     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5399     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5400 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5401 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5402     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5403     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5404     .PP
5405     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5406     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5407     .PP
5408     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5409 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5410 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5411     .PP
5412     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5413     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5414     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5415 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5416 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5417     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5418     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5419     OpenGL drivers.
5420     .PP
5421     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5422     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5423     .PP
5424     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5425     only sockets, many support pipes.
5426     .PP
5427     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5428     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5429     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5430     probably going to work well.
5431     .PP
5432     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5433     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5434     .PP
5435     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5436     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5437     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5438     .PP
5439     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5440     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5441     a loop.
5442     .PP
5443     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5444     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5445     .PP
5446     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5447 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5448 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5449     you use more.
5450     .PP
5451     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5452     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5453 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5454     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5455 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5456     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5457     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5458     .PP
5459     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5460     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5461     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5462     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5463     .PP
5464     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5465     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5466     .PP
5467     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5468     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5469     .PP
5470     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5471     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5472     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5473     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5474     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5475     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5476     great.
5477     .PP
5478     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5479     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5480     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5481 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5482 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5483     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5484     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5485     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5486 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5487     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5488 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5489 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5490     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5491     .PP
5492 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5493     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5494     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5495     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5496     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5497 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5498 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5499 root 1.82 environment.
5500 root 1.60 .PP
5501 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5502 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5503     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5504     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5505 root 1.65 .PP
5506 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5507     embedding it into other applications.
5508     .PP
5509 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5510     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5511     .PP
5512 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5513     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5514     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5515     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5516 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5517 root 1.68 available).
5518     .PP
5519 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5520     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5521     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5522     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5523 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5524 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5525 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5526 root 1.68 .PP
5527     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5528     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5529     of \fIev.h\fR:
5530     .PP
5531     .Vb 2
5532     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5533     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5534     \&
5535     \& #include "ev.h"
5536     .Ve
5537     .PP
5538     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5539 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5540 root 1.68 .PP
5541     .Vb 2
5542     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5543     \& #include "ev.c"
5544     .Ve
5545 root 1.82 .PP
5546     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5547     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5548     .PP
5549 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5550     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5551     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5552 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5553     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5554 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5555     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5556 root 1.82 .PP
5557 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5558 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5559 root 1.82 .PP
5560 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5561 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5562     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5563 root 1.60 .Ve
5564 root 1.82 .PP
5565 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5566 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5567 root 1.82 .PP
5568     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5569     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5570     .PP
5571 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5572 root 1.82 .PP
5573 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5574     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5575 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5576 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5577 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5578 root 1.82 .PP
5579 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5580     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5581 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5582     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5583 root 1.82 .PP
5584 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5585 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5586     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5587     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5588     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5589     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5590     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5591     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5592 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5593     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5594 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5595     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5596     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5597 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5598 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5599     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5600     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5601 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5602 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5603     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5604     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5605 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5606     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5607     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5608     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5609 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5610     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5611     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5612     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5613 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5614     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5615     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5616     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5617 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5618 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5619     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5620     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5621     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5622     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5623     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5624     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5625     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5626     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5627     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5628     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5629     .Sp
5630     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5631 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5632     thread as well.
5633 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5634     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5635     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5636 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5637 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5638     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5639     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5640     watchers.
5641 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5642     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5643     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5644     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5645 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5646     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5647     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5648 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5649 root 1.88 .Sp
5650 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5651 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5652     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5653     something like that, just kidding).
5654 root 1.65 .PP
5655     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5656 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5657     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5658     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5659     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5660     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5661 root 1.67 .PP
5662 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5663     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5664     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5665     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5666     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5667     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5668     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5669     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5670     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5671     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5672     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5673     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5674     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5675     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5676     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5677     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5678     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5679     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5680     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5681     .PD 0
5682     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5683     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5684     .PD
5685     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5686     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5687     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5688     is rare).
5689     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5690     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5691     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5692     fixed position in the storage array.
5693     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5694     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5695     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5696     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5697     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5698     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5699     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5700     .PD 0
5701     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5702     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5703     .PD
5704     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5705     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5706     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5707     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5708     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5709     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5710     .PD 0
5711     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5712     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5713     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5714     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5715     .PD
5716     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5717 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5718     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5719     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5720 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5721     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5722 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5723 root 1.82 .PP
5724     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5725     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5726     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5727     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5728     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5729     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5730     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5731     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5732 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5733 root 1.82 section.
5734     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5735     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5736     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5737     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5738     .Sp
5739     .Vb 2
5740     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5741     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5742     .Ve
5743     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5744     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5745     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5746     .Sp
5747     .Vb 3
5748     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5749     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5750     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5751     \&
5752     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5753     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5754     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5755     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5756     \&
5757     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5758     \&
5759     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5760     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5761     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5762     .Ve
5763     .Sp
5764     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5765     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5766     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5767     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5768     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5769     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5770     typedef.
5771     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5772     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5773     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5774     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5775     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5776     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5777 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5778     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5779     .IP "active" 4
5780     .IX Item "active"
5781 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5782 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5783 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5784     .IX Item "application"
5785     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5786 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5787     .IX Item "backend"
5788     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5789 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5790     .IX Item "callback"
5791     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5792     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5793     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5794 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5795     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5796 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5797     .IP "event" 4
5798     .IX Item "event"
5799     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5800     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5801     any other events happening anymore.
5802     .Sp
5803     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5804 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5805 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5806     .IX Item "event library"
5807     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5808     .IP "event loop" 4
5809     .IX Item "event loop"
5810     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5811     into callback invocations.
5812     .IP "event model" 4
5813     .IX Item "event model"
5814     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5815     watchers and events.
5816     .IP "pending" 4
5817     .IX Item "pending"
5818 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5819 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5820 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5821     .IX Item "real time"
5822     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5823     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5824     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5825     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5826 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5827 root 1.78 clock.
5828     .IP "watcher" 4
5829     .IX Item "watcher"
5830     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5831     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5832 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5833     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5834 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5835 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.